diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/installer')
69 files changed, 10957 insertions, 1 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd1680cc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -0,0 +1,3255 @@ +# Estonian translation of Mageia Installer Help +# Copyright (C) 2013 Mageia Documentation Team +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer package. +# Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012, 2013. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +msgid "License and Release Notes" +msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Litsentsileping" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt " +"läbi litsentsi tingimused." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> " +"distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis " +"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest. Klõps " +"nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas " +"väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</" +"guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:4 +msgid "User and Superuser Management" +msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine" + +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/addUser.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:34 +msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" +msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:38 +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" +"Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav " +"määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt " +"väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti " +"kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt " +"sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool " +"on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool " +"olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti " +"kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:48 +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "" +"Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja " +"suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja " +"väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:56 +msgid "Enter a user" +msgstr "Kasutaja lisamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" +"Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril " +"(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste " +"kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma " +"arvutis teeb" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja " +"ikooni." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:75 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või " +"lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi. " +"<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:81 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. " +"Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:87 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda " +"kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati " +"ülal asuvasse kasti." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "" +"Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile " +"näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:97 +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "" +"Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia " +"juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende " +"kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:101 +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on " +"soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad " +"alles pärast taaskäivitamist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:105 +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, " +"võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal " +"<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate " +"haldamine</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:109 +msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." +msgstr "Ligipääsuõigusi saab mõistagi muuta ka pärast paigaldamist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:116 +msgid "Advanced User Management" +msgstr "Põhjalikum kasutajate haldamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" +"Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab " +"muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või " +"keelata külaliskonto." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "" +"Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto " +"all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad " +"failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:131 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või " +"keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat " +"loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise " +"kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:138 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida " +"kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:144 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil " +"lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge " +"siia midagi kirjutage." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti " +"arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge " +"siia midagi kirjutage." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 +msgid "Choose the mount points" +msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "" +"Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole " +"<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte " +"muuta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles " +"juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", " +"\"Tüüp\")." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber" +"\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst " +"(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</" +"literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> " +"partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</" +"literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "" +"Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata " +"jätta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" +"Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning " +"märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval " +"ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida " +"DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "Mageia paigaldusprogramm DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud " +"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või " +"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab " +"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldamise ajal tekib probleeme, võib olla vajalik kasutada " +"spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref linkend=" +"\"installationOptions\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani " +"külgpaneelil." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp " +"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini " +"vajalikud valikud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud " +"etappi põhjalikumalt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " +"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " +"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " +"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " +"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " +"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Paigaldamisvõtmed" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, " +"kasutades mõnda lisavõtit, mille nägemiseks tuleb vajutada klahvi " +"<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Paigaldamise abiekraan" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne " +"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat " +"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik " +"olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage " +"avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER " +"vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\". Kirjutage \"text" +"\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." +"<emphasis/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi " +"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise " +"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale " +"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste " +"võtmetega." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kerneli võtmed" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti " +"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada " +"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks " +"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Paigaldamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> " +"paigaldamise." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Uuendamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia 2</" +"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele " +"uuendada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " +"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " +"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " +"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " +"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " +"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või " +"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve " +"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda " +"hilisema paigalduse käigus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Klaviatuur" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei " +"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu " +"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, " +"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri " +"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti " +"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks " +"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> " +"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud " +"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse " +"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis " +"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina " +"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos " +"süsteemi alglaadimisega." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi " +"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "" +"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse " +"kohta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Kasutatava keele valimine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" +"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii " +"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste " +"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</" +"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute " +"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil " +"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik " +"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele " +"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei " +"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia " +"juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite " +"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse " +"kõik andmed." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "Partitsioneerimine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida " +"DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> " +"paigaldamiseks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "" +"Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja " +"sisust." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +msgid "Use Existing Partitions" +msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning " +"neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +msgid "Use Free Space" +msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada " +"uuele Mageia paigaldusele." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" +msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib " +"paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" +"See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi " +"leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha " +"kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" +"Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. " +"Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel " +"korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, " +"ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia " +"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi " +"äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." +msgstr "Kogu ketta tühjendamine ja kasutamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." +msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" +msgstr "" +"Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge " +"ettevaatlik!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" +"Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba " +"kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal " +"või -ketastel paigaldatakse." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" +"Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid " +"varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara " +"puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat " +"partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast " +"soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt " +"partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks " +"gparted." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Töölaua valimine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus " +"saab valikut täpsustada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" +"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal " +"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule " +"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või " +"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja " +"tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile " +"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis " +"paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks " +"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" +"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi " +"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende " +"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Tööjaam." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Server." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Graafiline keskkond." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "" +"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või " +"eemaldada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-" +"install\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas " +"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku " +"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili " +"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates " +"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil " +"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/" +"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei " +"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua " +"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne " +"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, " +"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub " +"olema kolm salvestusseadet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige " +"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "" +"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. " +"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta " +"või ka kustutada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:4 +msgid "Congratulations" +msgstr "Õnnitleme!" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja " +"seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti " +"taaskäivitada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:25 +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava " +"operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse " +"automaatselt teie uus Mageia." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:31 +msgid "Enjoy!" +msgstr "Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite " +"anda oma panuse Mageia edusse." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "Vormindamine" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed " +"partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, " +"säilivad." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" +msgstr "" +"Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, " +"millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" +"Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake " +"<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja " +"siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal " +"saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:3 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "Uuendused" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:13 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" +"Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on " +"mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" +"Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida " +"ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või " +"kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:28 +msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" +msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:3 +msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" +msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:38 +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie " +"valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata " +"ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:45 +msgid "System parameters" +msgstr "Süsteemi parameetrid" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:50 +msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:52 +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda " +"muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:58 +msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. " +"Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:67 +msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:69 +msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." +msgstr "DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgstr "" +"Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei " +"tasu siin midagi muuta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:75 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:80 +msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:83 +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/" +"home</literal> kataloogi." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:89 +msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Teenused</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:91 +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" +"Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal " +"(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:95 +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" +"Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi " +"arvuti enam korralikult töötada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:99 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:106 +msgid "Hardware parameters" +msgstr "Riistvara parameetrid" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:111 +msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud " +"asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:119 +msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Hiir</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, " +"puuteplaate jms." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:126 +msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:129 +msgid "" +"This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " +"options selected will work with your computer." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab täppishäälestada helikaarti. Enamasti peaksid näha olevad " +"seadistused Teie arvutile kenasti sobima." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:135 +msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:138 +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:141 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:147 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:155 +msgid "Network and Internet parameters" +msgstr "Võrgu- ja internetiparameetrid" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:161 +msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Võrk</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:163 +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad " +"mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust " +"<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud " +"mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:170 +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "" +"Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud " +"kaarti jälgitaks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:177 +msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Puhverserverid</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:179 +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" +"Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab " +"panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:184 +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma " +"süsteemiadministraatoriga." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:193 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Turvalisus" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:198 +msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:201 +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks " +"kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:205 +msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." +msgstr "Valige tase, mis paistab Teie vajadusi kõige paremini rahuldavat." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:210 +msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:212 +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" +"Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate " +"röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" +"Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub " +"mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:221 +msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." +msgstr "" +"Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas " +"ajavööndis teie lähedal." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule " +"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik " +"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition" +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni " +"suuruse muutmine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi " +"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI " +"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit " +"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "" +"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI " +"seadmed teil on." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "Hiire valimine" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" +"Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, " +"et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" + +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis " +"paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul " +"tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada " +"Mageial luua uus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +msgstr "Mageia graafiline menüü näeb kena välja :)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi " +"operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia " +"alglaadimismenüüsse." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka " +"uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu " +"perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui " +"kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "" +"Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida " +"paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et " +"teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite " +"alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab " +"muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR " +"sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal " +"partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage " +"<literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon " +"(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi " +"ekraanile." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" +"Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, " +"väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase " +"alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle " +"automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi " +"dokumentatsiooni." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle " +"peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</" +"guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal " +"käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 +msgid "en" +msgstr "et" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " +"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " +"langetatud valikutest." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " +"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " +"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt " +"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja " +"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste " +"parameetrite alusel:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "tootja" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "seejärel kaardi nimi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" +"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel " +"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva " +"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi " +"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, " +"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "" +"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada " +"ainult käsurida." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " +"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +msgstr "" +"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis " +"võivad olla saadaval ainult Non-free või Tainted tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel " +"juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +msgid "" +"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " +"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" +"Non-free ja Tainted hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda " +"saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Monitori valimine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt " +"teie monitori õigesti." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada " +"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast " +"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> " +"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: " +"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" +"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise " +"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel " +"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem " +"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" +"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride " +"andmebaasi põhjal." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te " +"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste " +"parameetrite alusel:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "monitori nimi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "monitori kirjeldus" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ " +"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. " +"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei " +"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin " +"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete " +"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, " +"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad " +"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" +"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised " +"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui " +"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui " +"arvate, et valik ei ole õige." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse " +"korral loetelust oma kaart." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori " +"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</" +"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi " +"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " +"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise " +"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida " +"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, " +"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, " +"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, " +"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, " +"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " +"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri " +"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused " +"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge " +"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal " +"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi " +"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te " +"täiesti kindel ei ole." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset " +"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks " +"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt " +"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist " +"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Turbetase" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima " +"vaikimisi määratu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta " +"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" +"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele " +"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale " +"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</" +"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, " +"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks " +"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX " +"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Sisestusmeetod" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi " +"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate " +"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi " +"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-" +"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi " +"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised " +"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning " +"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha " +"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> " +"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks " +"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. " +"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel " +"etappidel võimalik paigaldada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest " +"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"Hoidla <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, " +"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise " +"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). " +"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke " +"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab " +"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa " +"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need " +"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. " +"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud " +"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust " +"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate " +"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Võrguallika korral tuleb lisaks ette võtta järgmised sammud:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Valida ja aktiveerida võrk, kui see veel ei tööta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab " +"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (non-free) ja " +"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i " +"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." + +#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<application>Mageia</application> jaoks tühjendatava kõvaketta " +#~ "valimine<application/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valige kõvaketas, mis tuleb vormindada <application>Mageia</application> " +#~ "paigaldamiseks." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " +#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Valige kindlasti õige kõvaketas. Kõik andmed valitud kettal lähevad " +#~ "kaotsi. Seda sammu ei saa tagasi võtta." + +#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" +#~ msgstr "Bootloader main options (old page)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " +#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " +#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " +#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " +#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." + +#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" +#~ msgstr "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " +#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " +#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " +#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " +#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." + +#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" +#~ msgstr "Alglaaduri seadistamine asjatundjatele" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" +#~ "> first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui te pole seda veel teinud, tasuks kõigepealt läbi lugeda <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"setupBootloader\"/>." + +#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" +#~ msgstr "GRUB2 põhise süsteemi lisamine käsitsi" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "GRUB2 põhise süsteemi saab Mageia alglaadimismenüüsse lisada järgmiselt:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " +#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Laadige kõnealune süsteem. GRUB2 versiooni tuvastamiseks andke terminalis " +#~ "käsk:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" + +#~ msgid "or if that fails try:" +#~ msgstr "või kui see ei peaks tulemust andma:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " +#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " +#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " +#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui see tagastab \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (võib-olla ka kohandatud " +#~ "sufiksiga), siis kasutatakse GRUBi (nimetatud ka GRUB legacy'ks ehk " +#~ "pärand-GRUBiks), mitte GRUB2 ning Mageia peaks paigaldamise ajal süsteemi " +#~ "korrektselt ära tundma ning automaatselt menüüsse lisama." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui see tagastab (GRUB) 1.98 või 1.99 või 2.xx, siis on kasutusel GRUB2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " +#~ "partition:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Jätke versioon meelde või kirjutage üles ning andke juurpartitsiooni " +#~ "tuvastamiseks käsk:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" + +#~ msgid "This will output something like :" +#~ msgstr "Selle väljund on umbes niisugune :" + +#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" + +#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." +#~ msgstr "sdb11 on juurpartitsioon - jätke ka see meelde või märkige üles." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " +#~ "following command:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Nüüd kontrollige, kas /boot kataloog on samal partitsioonil, andes käsu:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " +#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." +#~ "lst below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui /boot partitsioon erineb juurpartitsioonist, jätke see meelde või " +#~ "märkige üles ja kasutage /boot partitsiooni real \"root\", kui muudate " +#~ "allpool faili menu.lst." + +#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." +#~ msgstr "Nüüd tuleks süsteem sulgeda ja paigaldada Mageia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " +#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Avage oma uues töötavas Mageia süsteemis terminal ja muutke " +#~ "administraatorina faili /boot/grub/menu.lst järgmiselt:" + +#~ msgid "To become root use:" +#~ msgstr "Administraatori õiguste saamiseks andke käsk:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" + +#~ msgid "(enter root password)" +#~ msgstr "(sisestage administraatori parool)" + +#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" +#~ msgstr "Faili avamiseks redaktoris andke käsk:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" + +#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" +#~ msgstr "(kirjutage \"kwrite\" asemel \"gedit\", kui kasutate Gnomet)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " +#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " +#~ "its position in the file:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Lisage järgmine kirje oma (nt Ubuntu) süsteemi jaoks näiteks teise " +#~ "lõiguna. Asukoht, kus kirje asub menüüs, sõltub asukohast failis:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " +#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " +#~ "GRUB count from zero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Teisel real tähendab \"hd1\" teist kõvaketast, \"10\" 11. partitsiooni. " +#~ "Kettaid ja partitsioone arvestatakse Mageia pärand-GRUBis nullist." + +#~ msgid "Therefore:" +#~ msgstr "Seepärast:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" +#~ msgstr "Kui GRUB2 versioon on 2.xx, siis peab viimane rida olema:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" +#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui juba varem on vaja kasutada \"grub2-install\", siis kirjutage " +#~ "viimasel real <literal>\"grub\"</literal> asemele <literal>\"grub2\"</" +#~ "literal>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" +#~ "literal> from the last line." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui /boot on eraldi partitsioonil, eemaldage viimaselt realt <literal>\"/" +#~ "boot\"</literal>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " +#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Salvestage fail ja tehke taaskäivitus. Nüüd peaks menüüs olema näha " +#~ "\"Ubuntu\" kirje ja seda peaks olema võimalik ka laadida." + +#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" +#~ msgstr "Olemasoleva GRUB2 alglaaduri kasutamine" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " +#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kui te ei ole veel lugenud üldist abiteksti olemasoleva alglaaduri " +#~ "kasutamise kohta, siis tehke seda nüüd. Vt <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " +#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " +#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " +#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " +#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mõningates Debiani/Ubuntu versioonides esineb GRUB2 paigaldamise ajal OS-" +#~ "i tuvastamise programmis teadaolevalt viga, mis Mageia (või Mandriva) " +#~ "süsteemi lisades loob vigaselt faili grub.cfg. Sellele on lihtne " +#~ "lahendus, mille üksikasjad leiab Mageia foorumist. Otsige seal sõna " +#~ "\"prober\", teema on \"grub problem\" ja vajalik teave leidub 9. " +#~ "postituses." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " +#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." +#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Paranduse muutmiseks püsivaks, et see elaks üle ka Ubuntu kerneli " +#~ "uuenduse, tuleb Mageia kirje lisada faili <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</" +#~ "literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " +#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " +#~ "preferred solution." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja teadmiseks: see viga on parandatud versioonis os-prober-1.53, mis " +#~ "ilmus 8. mail 2012. Niisiis on nüüd eelistatud lahendus versiooni " +#~ "uuendamine GRUB2 süsteemis." diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..107c195a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<info> + <title>Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil</title> + + <cover> + <para><note> + <para>Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, +millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus +langetatud valikutest.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 +litsentsile <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco +CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui +soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para> + </cover> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + + + <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + +<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/installer/et/acceptLicense.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b384dabb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/acceptLicense.xml @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="acceptLicense" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications: + http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html --> +<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore, + but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( + ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one--> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not + sure what is causing the corruption --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 language proofreading --> +<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject condition="expert"> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-license.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="license"> + <info> + <title xml:id="license-ti1">Litsentsileping</title> + </info> + + <para>Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt +läbi litsentsi tingimused.</para> + + <para>Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> +distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda.</para> + + <para>Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis +<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para> + + <para>Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest. Klõps +nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti.</para> + + + <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section - + marja, 20120405 --> +</section> + + <section xml:id="releaseNotes"> + <!-- + <para> +Release Notes</para> +--> +<info> + <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Väljalaskemärkmed</title> + </info> + + + + <para>Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas +väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske +kohta</guibutton>.</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/et/addUser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b1b4109 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/addUser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="addUser" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but + changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing + about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or + disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous + screen), marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand + "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-26 added new note --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="root-password"> + <info> + <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Administraatori (root) parooli määramine</title> + </info> + + <para>Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav +määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt +väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti +kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt +sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool +on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool +olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti +kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes.</para> + + <note xml:id="givePassword"> + <para>Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja +suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja +väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="enterUser"> + <info> + <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Kasutaja lisamine</title> + </info> + + <para>Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril +(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste +kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma +arvutis teeb</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja +ikooni.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku +nime.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või +lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi. +<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja +parooli. Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref +linkend="givePassword"/>).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda +kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati +ülal asuvasse kasti.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile +näha ("loetav"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud.</para> + + <para>Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia +juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende +kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest.</para> + + <para>Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on +soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad +alles pärast taaskäivitamist.</para> + + <para>Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, +võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal +<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate +haldamine</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>Ligipääsuõigusi saab mõistagi muuta ka pärast paigaldamist.</para> + </note> + + </section> + + <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Põhjalikum kasutajate haldamine</title> + </info> + + <para>Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab +muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või +keelata külaliskonto.</para> + + <warning> + <para>Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto +all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad +failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale.</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või +keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat +loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise +kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida +kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil +lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge +siia midagi kirjutage.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti +arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge +siia midagi kirjutage.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/et/add_supplemental_media.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0267d67a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust +tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate +valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada.</para> + + <para>Võrguallika korral tuleb lisaks ette võtta järgmised sammud:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Valida ja aktiveerida võrk, kui see veel ei tööta. </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab +kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (non-free) ja +piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i +määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/installer/et/ask_mntpoint_s.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b067217 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/ask_mntpoint_s.xml @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Haakepunktide valimine</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" + with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) --> +<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans + write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it--> +<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) --> +<!-- 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole +<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte +muuta.</para> + + <note> + <para>Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles +juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>.</para> + </note> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul "Seade" ("Suurus", "Haakepunkt", +"Tüüp").</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>"Seade" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: "kõvaketas", +["kõvakettanumber"(täht)], "partitsiooninumber" (näiteks "sda5").</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para>Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst +(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja +<literal>/var)</literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks +<literal>/video</literal> partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või +<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> cauldroni paigalduse +<literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata +jätta.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <warning> + <para>Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning +märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval +ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust.</para> + </warning> + + <para>Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake +<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult +partitsioonid, mida DrakX soovitab, või rohkem.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/et/chooseDesktop.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8145e4b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="chooseDesktop"> + + + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<info> + <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Töölaua valimine</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus +saab valikut täpsustada.</para> + + <para>Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal +slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule +<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>.</para> + + + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png" +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või +<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja +tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile +ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis +paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks +väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu +pakette.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/et/choosePackageGroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ffefdee --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="choosePackageGroups"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Paketigruppide valimine</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" +align="center" format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi +tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende +kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Tööjaam.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Server.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Graafiline keskkond.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või +eemaldada.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref +linkend="minimal-install"></xref>.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/installer/et/choosePackagesTree.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e9cfbd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/choosePackagesTree.xml @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="choosePackagesTree"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Üksikpakettide valimine</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette.</para> + + <para>Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas +<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku +(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili +kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates +paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/configureServices.xml b/docs/installer/et/configureServices.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6428f84 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/configureServices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Teenuste seadistamine</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos +süsteemi alglaadimisega.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi +avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse +kohta.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/installer/et/configureTimezoneUTC.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b37d14ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/configureTimezoneUTC.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Ajavööndi seadistamine</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas +ajavööndis teie lähedal.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule +ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC).</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik +oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le.</para> + </note> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/et/configureX_card_list.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6003e147 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" +xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt +teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada.</para> + + <para>Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja +te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste +parameetrite alusel: + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>tootja</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>seejärel kaardi nimi</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para>Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel +andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva +draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias.</para> + + <para>Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi +draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, +võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi.</para> + + <para>Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada +ainult käsurida.</para> + + + <para>Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis +võivad olla saadaval ainult Non-free või Tainted tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel +juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel. </para> + + <para>Non-free ja Tainted hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda +saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist.</para> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/installer/et/configureX_chooser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f9ed61c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/configureX_chooser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete +otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, +kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window +System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad +selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, +<acronym>LXDE</acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema +järgmised <acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged +seadistused, kui näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi +valinud, või kui arvate, et valik ei ole õige.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse +korral loetelust oma kaart.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab +<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori +nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või +<guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, +kui eelistate käsitsi paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja +ekraaniuuendussageduse.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab +määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise +ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida +määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, +võite vastata "jah" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, +saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, +kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, +kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab +mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/installer/et/configureX_monitor.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bac057d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/configureX_monitor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="configureX_monitor" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-30 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Monitori valimine</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt +teie monitori õigesti.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada +monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast +midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> +Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: +realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise +sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel +moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem +tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride +andmebaasi põhjal.</para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Tootja</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te +teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste +parameetrite alusel: <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>tootja</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>monitori nimi</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>monitori kirjeldus</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ +60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti +sülearvutid. See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie +videoriistvara ei suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa +draiverit. Ka siin tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/et/diskdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9576704 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/diskdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="diskdrake"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR added note for bug 133 re encrypted partitions --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- Marja, 2012-04-18 changed "If you wish to use encryption on + any of your partitions" into "If you wish to use encryption on + your <literal> +/</literal> partition" because pterjan said this is only for root + Also added some text. --> +<!--marja 20120418 moved section end tag down to where it belongs--> +<!--marja 20120418 added para 6a--> +<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png" +align="center"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + +<warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil +kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> +partitsioon. <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata +krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida.</para> + </warning> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake-pa3">Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua +partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne +alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa4">Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, +on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub +olema kolm salvestusseadet. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa5">Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige +<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6">Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul +partitsioonil. Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, +suurust muuta või ka kustutada.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a">Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa7">Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/et/doPartitionDisks.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a1b6942 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="doPartitionDisks"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-20 Yes I agree with Lebarhon - reference to home partition removed --> +<!-- Simonnzg - doing anything to a Windows partition is DANGEROUS. I would prefer + if this was not an option, but... --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 put the para xml id's back. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-29 changed text as discussed on the ml and with papoteur's approval + lebarhon: 2012-08-18 warning added--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 changed warning to text suggested by Dave Hodgings in bug 9594 --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by obgr_seneca --> +<!-- lebarhon 2013-04-11 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by Dave Hodgins/Marja--> +<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitsioneerimine</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1">Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida +DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> +paigaldamiseks.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2">Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja +sisust.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5">Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning +neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6">Vaba ruumi kasutamine</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7">Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada +uuele Mageia paigaldusele.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8">Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9">Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib +paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada.</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi +leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha +kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11" revision="3">Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse +vähendamine. Partitsioon peab olema "puhas", see tähendab Windows peab olema +viimasel korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema +defragmenteeritud, ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, +mida Mageia paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast +ongi äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12">Kogu ketta tühjendamine ja kasutamine</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13">Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14">Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge +ettevaatlik!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15">Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba +kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16">Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17">See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal +või -ketastel paigaldatakse.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <warning> + <para>Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid +varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara +puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat +partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast +soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt +partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks +gparted. </para> + + <para>"Align to" "MiB" </para> + + <para>"Free space preceding (MiB)" "2" </para> + + <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/et/exitInstall.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..060a7fa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/exitInstall.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Õnnitleme!</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text --> +<!-- same day, added "s" to "sytems"--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa1">Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja +seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti +taaskäivitada.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa2">Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava +operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa3">Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse +automaatselt teie uus Mageia. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa4">Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa5">Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite +anda oma panuse Mageia edusse. </para> + + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/installer/et/formatPartitions.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2a57193 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/formatPartitions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="formatPartitions"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Vormindamine</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed +partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, +säilivad.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, +millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis></para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake +<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja +siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal +saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks +<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/installUpdates.xml b/docs/installer/et/installUpdates.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25a2d1dd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/installUpdates.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Uuendused</title></info> + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename--> +<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on +mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida +ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või +kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>.</para> + +</section> +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/installer.xml b/docs/installer/et/installer.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..edd143eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/installer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="installer"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - + seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving --> +<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block + - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong --> +<title xml:id="installer-ti1">Mageia paigaldusprogramm DrakX</title> + </info> + + <para>Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud +kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või +uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne.</para> + + + + <!-- <para> +If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to + connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These + will be automatically detected and configured.</para> --> +<para>Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab +paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja.</para> + + <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> +<info> + <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan</title> + </info> <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Kui paigaldamise ajal tekib probleeme, võib olla vajalik kasutada +spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref +linkend="installationOptions"/>.</para> + + <section xml:id="installationSteps"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">Paigaldamise etapid</title> + </info> + + <para>Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani +külgpaneelil.</para> + + <para>Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp +<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini +vajalikud valikud.</para> + + <para>Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud +etappi põhjalikumalt.</para> + + <note> + <para>Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile +taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon +on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam +varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav +masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge +tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl +F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installationOptions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Paigaldamisvõtmed</title> + </info> + + <para>Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, +kasutades mõnda lisavõtit, mille nägemiseks tuleb vajutada klahvi +<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend="dx-welcome"/></para> + + <para>See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani.</para> + + <figure xml:id="dx-help"> +<info> + <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Paigaldamise abiekraan</title> + </info> <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="../dx-help.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <section xml:id="installationProblems"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused</title> + </info> + + <section xml:id="noX"> + <info> + <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Graafiline liides puudub</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne +graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat +ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="2">Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik +olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage +avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER +vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga "boot:". Kirjutage "text" +ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise +paigaldamisega.<emphasis/></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installFreezes"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Paigaldamine hangub</title> + </info> + + <para>Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi +riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise +vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale +<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste +võtmetega.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Kerneli võtmed</title> + </info> + + <para>Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti +saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada +parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks +<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu.</para> + </section> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/et/media_selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..432df8b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/media_selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + <info> + <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)</title> + </info> + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks +valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke +hoidlaid. Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on +järgmistel etappidel võimalik paigaldada.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest +see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Hoidla <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, +mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise +lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi "mittevaba" ehk "non-free"). Näiteks +sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke draivereid, +mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab +pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa +tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need +võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja +autoriõiguseseadusi. Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide +esitamiseks vajalikud multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks +vajalikud paketid jms.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/minimal-install.xml b/docs/installer/et/minimal-install.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ddc0d419 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/minimal-install.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="minimal-install"> + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ --> +<info> + <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimaalne paigaldus</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset +paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para> + <para>See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks +meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt +oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref +linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para> + <para>Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist +täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X.</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/et/misc-params.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc7fc87b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/misc-params.xml @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="misc-params" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Seadistuste kokkuvõte</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! --> +<!--marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots --> +<!--JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)--> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and + the drakxid-miscellaneous section --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph --> +<!-- 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. --> +<!-- 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" --> +<!--2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-summary.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="summary-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-pa1">DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie +valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata +ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>.</para> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-system"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Süsteemi parameetrid</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda +muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a">Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks +parandada. Vt <xref linkend="selectCountry"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Alglaadur</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a">DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b">Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei +tasu siin midagi muuta.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c">Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend="setupBootloader"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5"><guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a">Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku +<literal>/home</literal> kataloogi.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6"><guilabel>Teenused</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal +(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata.</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi +arvuti enam korralikult töötada.</para> + + <para>Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Riistvara parameetrid</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1"><guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud +asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2"><guilabel>Hiir</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a">Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, +puuteplaate jms.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">Siin saab täppishäälestada helikaarti. Enamasti peaksid näha olevad +seadistused Teie arvutile kenasti sobima.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a">Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b">Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"/>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="summaryBottom-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-network"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Võrgu- ja internetiparameetrid</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1"><guilabel>Võrk</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad +mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust +<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud +mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist.</para> + + <warning> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud +kaarti jälgitaks.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Puhverserverid</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab +panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b">Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma +süsteemiadministraatoriga.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-security"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Turvalisus</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a">Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks +kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne).</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b">Valige tase, mis paistab Teie vajadusi kõige paremini rahuldavat.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a" revision="1">Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate +röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b">Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub +mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c">Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/installer/et/resizeFATChoose.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d9e817c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/resizeFATChoose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="resizeFATChoose"> + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 commented the empty paragraphs out--> +<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1"><application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni +suuruse muutmine</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> +partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi +<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele.</para> + + + +<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2"> +.......</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>--> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/et/securityLevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..baab2bd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/securityLevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Turbetase</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima +vaikimisi määratu.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta +Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/et/selectCountry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b867a15b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/selectCountry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Riigi / piirkonna valimine</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele +seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale +riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud +valikud</guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, +siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks +valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX +arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga.</para> + </note> + + <section xml:id="inputMethod"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Sisestusmeetod</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa4"><guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi +(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate +märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi +sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India +LiveCD-del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi +sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised +sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning +neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP +andmekandja.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa5">Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha +pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides "Arvuti seadistamine" -> +"Süsteem" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i.</para> + </note> + </section> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/et/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/et/selectInstallClass.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abfb20a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectInstallClass"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR --> +<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to + "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed --> +<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Paigaldamine või uuendamine</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center" +format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Paigaldamine</para> + + <para>Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> +paigaldamise.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Uuendamine</para> + + <para>Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia +2</application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele +uuendada.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile +taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon +on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam +varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav +masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge +tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl +F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton></para> + </note> + + <tip> + <para>Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab "Paigaldamise või +uuendamise" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve +<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda +hilisema paigalduse käigus.</para> + </tip> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/installer/et/selectKeyboard.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc8f20b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/selectKeyboard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectKeyboard" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Klaviatuur</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei +leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu +klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, +uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri +küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti +võib uurida veebilehekülge <link +xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks +<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt.</para> + + <para revision="1"><warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> +klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud +mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse +ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud.</para> + </warning></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis +palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina +klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/installer/et/selectLanguage.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b56b3525 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/selectLanguage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="selectLanguage"> + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look --> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong + code in figure, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean + up mess made of this header by xxe --> +<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Kasutatava keele valimine</title> + </info> + + <para>Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. +<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii +paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis.</para> + + <para>Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste +kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele +valimine</guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on +uute keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <warning> + <para>Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil +eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil.</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik +paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata "mitme keele +valimise" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei +sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia +juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/selectMouse.xml b/docs/installer/et/selectMouse.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fe43ba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/selectMouse.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Hiire valimine</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place--> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - +<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, +et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/et/setupBootloader.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff81bfba --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/setupBootloader.xml @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="setupBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Alglaaduri põhiseadistused</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. + + 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa1" revision="4">Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis +paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa2" revision="4">Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul +tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada +Mageial luua uus.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa3">Mageia graafiline menüü näeb kena välja :)</para> + </tip> + + <section xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader-ti2">Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa4">Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR +(Master Boot Record) sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi +operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia +alglaadimismenüüsse.</para> + + <para revision="3">Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka +uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu +perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui +kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit.</para> + + <para revision="3">Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida +paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel.</para> + </warning> + </section> + + <section xml:id="usingExistingBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="usingExistingBootloader-ti4">Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa46">Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et +teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite +alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab +muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa47">Ärge valige seadet, nt "sda", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR +sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal +partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48" revision="1">Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48a">Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage +<literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon +(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi +ekraanile.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa49">Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, +väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase +alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle +automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi +dokumentatsiooni.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader-ti5">Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa52">Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle +peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake +<guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp +puhastatakse igal käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku +hoida.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/et/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6137e691 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + + + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine</title></info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + + + <para>Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri +seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused +selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis.</para> + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge +kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks.</para> + <para>Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta.</para> + <para>Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal +kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida.</para> +<warning><para>Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi +laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te +täiesti kindel ei ole.</para></warning> + + </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/installer/et/setupSCSI.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ed58bcf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/setupSCSI.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">SCSI seadistamine</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 --> +<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) --> +<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the + Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI +kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit +ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI +seadmed teil on.</para> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/installer/et/takeOverHdConfirm.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e66b6cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/takeOverHdConfirm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 --> +<!-- test comment - johnr --> +<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct + hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I + saw this help screen when I had only one HD --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" +align="center" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite +kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse +kõik andmed.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/makedoc.sh b/docs/installer/makedoc.sh index c9a7ba64..32e8db25 100755 --- a/docs/installer/makedoc.sh +++ b/docs/installer/makedoc.sh @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ for doc in acceptLicense addUser ask_mntpoint_s installer selectInstallClass \ configureX_card_list configureX_monitor configureX_chooser \ setupBootloaderAddEntry minimal-install securityLevel selectCountry media_selection add_supplemental_media; do - po4a-translate --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \ + po4a-translate -k 50 --format docbook --master-charset utf-8 --localized-charset utf-8 \ --master en/${doc}.xml \ --po $LANG.po --localized $LANG/${doc}.xml perl -i -p -e "s/version=\"5\.0\"/version=\"5\.0\" xml:lang=\"$LANG\"/;" $LANG/${doc}.xml diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d65e833c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -0,0 +1,3341 @@ +# Dutch translation of Mageia Installer Help +# Copyright (C) 2013 Mageia Documentation Team +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" +"Language: nl\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 +msgid "License and Release Notes" +msgstr "Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "Licentie-overeenkomst" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u " +"<application>Mageia</application> installeert." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</" +"application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt " +"gaan." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op " +"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor " +"uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt " +"zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 +msgid "Release Notes" +msgstr "Uitgave-opmerkingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er " +"nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:4 +msgid "User and Superuser Management" +msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer" + +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/addUser.xml:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:34 +msgid "Set Administrator (root) Password:" +msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord (root) instellen:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:38 +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" +"Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een " +"superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het " +"<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux. Terwijl u een wachtwoord in " +"het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in " +"groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen " +"schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in " +"het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te " +"sluiten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:48 +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "" +"Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het " +"beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers " +"en andere tekens." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:56 +msgid "Enter a user" +msgstr "Voer een gebruiker in" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:59 +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" +"Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de " +"superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, " +"kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een " +"normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:70 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de " +"gebruiker in." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:75 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de " +"gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde " +"volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:81 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. " +"Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het " +"wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:87 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord " +"in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "" +"Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de " +"homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen " +"schrijven)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:97 +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "" +"Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in " +"<emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> " +"toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:101 +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" +"Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan " +"worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en " +"de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:105 +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle " +"extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - " +"Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies " +"<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:109 +msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." +msgstr "De toegangsrechten kunnen na het installeren ook nog veranderd worden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/addUser.xml:116 +msgid "Advanced User Management" +msgstr "Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:119 +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" +"Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een " +"scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd " +"wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:124 +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "" +"Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount " +"opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn " +"belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:131 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een " +"gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt " +"op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone " +"gebruiker." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:138 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell " +"veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd " +"wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:144 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de " +"gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat " +"dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/addUser.xml:150 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook " +"een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker. Laat dit vak leeg, " +"tenzij u weet wat u doet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 +msgid "Choose the mount points" +msgstr "Kies de koppelpunten" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "" +"Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het " +"niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</" +"application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "" +"Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</" +"literal> (root) partitie heeft." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", " +"\"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer" +"\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen " +"van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en " +"<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, " +"bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films " +"wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</" +"literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor " +"nodig hebt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" +"Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en " +"kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het " +"scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op " +"<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie " +"staat." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op " +"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt " +"formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk " +"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een " +"ervaren gebruiker bent." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets " +"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u " +"nodig heeft." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-" +"intro-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Als er tijdens het installeren problemen zijn, kan het nodig zijn speciale " +"installatie-opties te gebruiken, zie <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "De Installatiestappen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van " +"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label " +"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder " +"gebruikelijke opties." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer " +"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " +"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " +"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " +"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " +"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " +"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " +"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " +"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Installatie-opties" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Als de installatie misgaat, kan het nodig zijn opnieuw te beginnen en één of " +"meer van de opties te gebruiken die u ziet als u op de F1 (Help) toets " +"klikt, zie <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Het volgende tekstscherm wordt dan zichtbaar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Eerste installatiehulpscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"720\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"400\" xml:id=\"installer-" +"im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Geen grafische interface" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm. Dit kan gebeuren " +"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere " +"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Als de hardware erg oud is, kan grafisch installeren zelfs onmogelijk zijn. " +"In dat geval is het de moeite waard een installatie in tekstmodus te doen. " +"Hiertoe dient u op \"Esc\" te drukken in het eerste welkomsscherm. Daarna " +"krijgt u een vraag die u moet bevestigen. Vervolgens krijgt u een zwart " +"scherm met enkel \"boot:\". Type daar: \"text\" (zonder aanhalingstekens) en " +"druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met installeren in textmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Installatieblokkades" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn " +"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van " +"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</" +"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met " +"beide vorige gecombineerd worden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kernelopties" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare " +"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door " +"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste " +"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan " +"RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" width=\"100%" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Installeren" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "Kies dit voor een verse <application>Mageia</application>-installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Opwaarderen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia 2</application>-installaties heeft op " +"uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste " +"uitgave." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " +"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " +"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " +"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " +"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " +"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " +"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " +"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het " +"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door " +"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. " +"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Toetsenbord" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als " +"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" depth=\"600\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet " +"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die " +"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label " +"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier " +"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op " +"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer " +"uw toetsenbord daar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, " +"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof " +"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een " +"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling " +"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, " +"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen " +"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Configureer uw diensten" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem " +"opstart." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te " +"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "" +"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak " +"beneden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Taalkeuze" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" +"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te " +"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken " +"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw " +"computer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor " +"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om " +"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra " +"talen toe te voegen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal " +"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het " +"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring " +"later tijdens de installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. " +"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij " +"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude " +"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde " +"talen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere " +"geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -> " +"Regionaal -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke " +"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt " +"wissen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 +msgid "Partitioning" +msgstr "Partitionering" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de " +"ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om " +"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "" +"Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af " +"van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"doPartitionDisks.png\" width=\"800\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 +msgid "Use Existing Partitions" +msgstr "Huidige partities gebruiken" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities " +"gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 +msgid "Use Free Space" +msgstr "Vrije ruimte gebruiken" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe " +"Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 +msgid "Use Free Space on a Windows Partition" +msgstr "Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te " +"gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" +"Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia " +"installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u " +"van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat " +"niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt " +"dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt " +"werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat " +"alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt " +"staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van " +"uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 +msgid "Erase and use Entire Disk." +msgstr "Volledige harde schijf wissen en gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 +msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." +msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 +msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" +msgstr "" +"Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf " +"gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor " +"iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt " +"verliezen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op " +"uw harde schijf of schijven." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" +"Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, " +"in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare " +"hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt " +"wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een " +"erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, " +"bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld " +"gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 +msgid "\"Align to\" \"MiB\"" +msgstr "\"Uitlijnen met\" \"MiB\"" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:119 +msgid "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" +msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\"" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even " +"aantal megabytes." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om " +"uw keuze te verfijnen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" +"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie " +"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die " +"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</" +"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set " +"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</" +"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets " +"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De " +"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, " +"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan " +"de twee eerder genoemde." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" +"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem " +"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, " +"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen " +"beweegt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Werkstation." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Server." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Grafische omgeving." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "" +"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig " +"pakketten toe te voegen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een " +"minimale installatie te doen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Softwarebeheer" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan " +"uw wensen aan te passen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de " +"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een " +"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om " +"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de " +"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te " +"laden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" +"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u " +"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De " +"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u " +"uw systeem niet opstarten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" +"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt " +"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een " +"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals " +"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" " +"als er drie zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het " +"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "" +"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar " +"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte " +"aan of verwijder haar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:4 +msgid "Congratulations" +msgstr "Gefeliciteerd" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:14 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</" +"application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium " +"verwijderen en uw computer herstarten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:25 +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de " +"besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "" +"Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt " +"Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:31 +msgid "Enjoy!" +msgstr "Veel plezier!" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/exitInstall.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "Formatteren" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op " +"partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 +msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" +msgstr "" +"Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, " +"geformatteerd worden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u " +"wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" +"Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op " +"<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste " +"Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</" +"guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in " +"de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van " +"uw keus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:3 +msgid "Updates" +msgstr "Updates" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:13 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" +"Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, " +"kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" +"Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies " +"<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met " +"internet verbonden bent." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installUpdates.xml:28 +msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" +msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:3 +msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" +msgstr "Overzicht van diverse instellingen" + +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:33 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"summary-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:38 +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk " +"van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de " +"instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op " +"<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:45 +msgid "System parameters" +msgstr "Systeeminstellingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:50 +msgid "<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:52 +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:58 +msgid "<guilabel>Country / Region</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Land</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat " +"u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:67 +msgid "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:69 +msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." +msgstr "" +"DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgstr "" +"Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:75 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "Zie voor meer infomatie <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:80 +msgid "<guilabel>User management</guilabel>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:83 +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</" +"literal> mappen krijgen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:89 +msgid "<guilabel>Services</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Diensten</guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:91 +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" +"Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien " +"(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:95 +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" +"Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat " +"uw computer goed werkt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:99 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:106 +msgid "Hardware parameters" +msgstr "Apparatuurinstellingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:111 +msgid "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het " +"toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen " +"werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:119 +msgid "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals " +"trackballs and touchpads." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:126 +msgid "<guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:129 +msgid "" +"This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " +"options selected will work with your computer." +msgstr "" +"In dit gedeelte kunt u de afstelling van uw geluidskaart verfijnen. In de " +"meeste gevallen werken de al geselecteerde instellingen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:135 +msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:138 +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:141 +msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> +#: en/misc-params.xml:147 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:155 +msgid "Network and Internet parameters" +msgstr "Netwerk en internetinstellingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:161 +msgid "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Netwerk</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:163 +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet " +"ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire " +"stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-" +"configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:170 +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "" +"Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te " +"stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:177 +msgid "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:179 +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" +"Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het " +"verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij " +"een proxy service gebruikt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:184 +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier " +"moet invullen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/misc-params.xml:193 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Beveiliging" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:198 +msgid "<guilabel>Security Level</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:201 +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen " +"is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:205 +msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." +msgstr "Controleer welke optie het beste bij uw gebruik past." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:210 +msgid "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" +msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:212 +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" +"Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de " +"boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie " +"hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/misc-params.xml:221 +msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." +msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in " +"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te " +"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze " +"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition" +msgstr "" +"Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partitie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partitie. Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om " +"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Harde schijf detectie" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" +"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij " +"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de " +"benodigde drivers te installeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "" +"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "Muiskeuze" + +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "" +"Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere " +"kiezen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB " +"muis</guilabel> een goede keuze." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</" +"guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes " +"of meer knoppen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader" + +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze " +"hier veranderen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval " +"moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, " +"of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +msgstr "De Mageia grafische menu's zijn mooi :)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master " +"Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen " +"heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als " +"opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB " +"legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB " +"opstartlader gebruikt wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "" +"De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die " +"tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de " +"installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de " +"Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u " +"de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U " +"moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, " +"bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren " +"waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug " +"naar het installatiescherm." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" +"De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te " +"voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is " +"het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te " +"gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de " +"documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie " +"met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> " +"en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</" +"guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden." + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 +msgid "en" +msgstr "nl" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken " +"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " +"u tijdens het installeren maakt." + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=" +"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:" +"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact " +"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " +"verbeteren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"800\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:" +"id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw " +"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" +"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft " +"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "Vendor (producent)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "dan de naam van uw kaart" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "en het type" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" +"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet " +"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u " +"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" +"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor " +"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart " +"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire " +"mogelijkheden biedt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "" +"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang " +"tot de opdrachtregel-interface." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " +"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +msgstr "" +"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's " +"voor Linux die enkel in de Non-free of Tainted installatiebronnen " +"beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de " +"betreffende fabrikant." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +msgid "" +"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " +"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" +"Om toegang tot de Non-free en Tainted installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten " +"ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia " +"voor het eerst start." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe " +"gewoonlijk correct identificeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw " +"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u " +"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"800\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_monitor-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en " +"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de " +"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele " +"beeld wordt ververst." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" +"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt " +"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw " +"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees " +"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" +"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die " +"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" +"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, " +"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "naam van de fabrikant" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "naam en type nummer van het beeldscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, " +"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte " +"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om " +"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw " +"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend " +"te zijn met uw keuze." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"configureX-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze " +"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een " +"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, " +"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " +"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische " +"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van " +"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt " +"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt " +"dat de keuze verkeerd is." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw " +"kaart uit de lijst." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van " +"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders " +"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</" +"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de " +"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste " +"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt " +"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen " +"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling " +"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard " +"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt " +"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw " +"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u " +"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" " +"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een " +"selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het " +"<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de " +"gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" " +"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam " +"van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de " +"standaard ingang wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal " +"hernoemen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze " +"maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer " +"kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimale installatie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het " +"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</" +"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of " +"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met " +"de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal " +"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"minimal-" +"install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "" +"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen " +"moet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in " +"het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-" +"configuratiecentrum (MCC)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Selecteer uw land" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de " +"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land " +"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</" +"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan " +"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van " +"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze " +"volgen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Invoermethode" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een " +"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen " +"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). " +"IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India " +"en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor " +"Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te " +"configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben " +"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP " +"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt " +"u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via " +"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of " +"terminal localedrake als root te starten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" width=\"800\" xml:id=" +"\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen. Niet alle bronnen zijn " +"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. " +"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze " +"in de volgende stappen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze " +"bevat de basis van de distributie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling " +"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-" +"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat " +"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, " +"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven " +"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze " +"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in " +"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse " +"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. " +"af te spelen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" width=\"800\" xml:" +"id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere " +"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand. De keuze " +"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen " +"beschikbaar zullen zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Voor een netwerkbron dienen twee stappen gevolgd te worden:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Kiezen en activeren van een netwerk, tenzij al actief." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze). Door " +"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die " +"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL " +"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie." + +#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" +#~ msgstr "Kies te wissen harde schijf" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer de harde schijf die geformatteerd moet worden om " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " +#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat u de juiste harde schijf gekozen heeft. Alle " +#~ "gegevens op de geselecteerde schijf zullen verloren gaan, dit kan niet " +#~ "ongedaan gemaakt worden." + +#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" +#~ msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader (oude pagina)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " +#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " +#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze pagina is verplaatst naar <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> " +#~ "omdat die pagina de bestandsnaam heeft waar de hulpknop in het " +#~ "<emphasis>Algemene opties voor de opstartlader</emphasis>-scherm naar " +#~ "verwijst." + +#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" +#~ msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor (oude pagina)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " +#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " +#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Deze pagina is verplaatst naar <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></" +#~ "xref> omdat de helpknop voor dit scherm naar die pagina leidt." + +#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" +#~ msgstr "Opstartlader, gevorderd gebruik" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" +#~ "> first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u dat nog niet heeft gedaan, lees dan a.u.b. eerst <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"setupBootloader\"></xref>." + +#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" +#~ msgstr "Handmatig een op GRUB2 gebaseerd systeem toevoegen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Een op GRUB2 gebaseerd systeem kan als volgt aan het Mageia boot menu " +#~ "toegevoegd worden:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " +#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Start het betreffende systeem. Geef het volgende commando in een terminal " +#~ "om de GRUB2 versie te bepalen:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" + +#~ msgid "or if that fails try:" +#~ msgstr "of als dat niet lukt:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " +#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " +#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " +#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als dit \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (mogelijk met een aangepaste suffix) " +#~ "oplevert, dan is GRUB (ook wel GRUB legacy genoemd) in gebruik, niet " +#~ "GRUB2, en zou uw systeem tijdens de installatie correct door Mageia " +#~ "herkend en aan het opstartmenu toegevoegd moeten worden." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als het (GRUB) 1.98 of 1.99 of 2.xx oplevert, dan gebruikt u GRUB2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " +#~ "partition:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Maak een notitie van de versie en geef dit commando om de root partitie " +#~ "te identificeren:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" + +#~ msgid "This will output something like :" +#~ msgstr "Dit zal iets opleveren als:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" + +#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." +#~ msgstr "sdb11 is de root-partitie - noteer dit." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " +#~ "following command:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Controleer nu of de /boot map ook in deze partite is, met het volgende " +#~ "commando:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " +#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." +#~ "lst below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als /boot op een aparte partitie staat, noteer dat dan en gebruik in dat " +#~ "geval de /boot partitie op de \"root\" regel terwijl u menu.lst bewerkt " +#~ "(zie hieronder)." + +#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." +#~ msgstr "U kunt nu uw systeem afsluiten en Mageia installeren." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " +#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Start daarna uw nieuwe Mageia systeem, open een terminal en bewerk, als " +#~ "root, het bestand /boot/grub/menu.lst als volgt:" + +#~ msgid "To become root use:" +#~ msgstr "Om root te worden, type:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" + +#~ msgid "(enter root password)" +#~ msgstr "(voer vervolgens uw root wachtwoord in)" + +#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" +#~ msgstr "Om het bestand in een editor te gebruiken, type:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" + +#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" +#~ msgstr "(vevang \"kwrite\" door \"gedit\" als u Gnome gebruikt)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " +#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " +#~ "its position in the file:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voeg de volgende ingang voor uw GRUB2 systeem toe (als voorbeeld hier " +#~ "Ubuntu), mogelijk als tweede item. De positie die dit systeem in het menu " +#~ "krijgt, hangt af van de positie in dit bestand:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " +#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " +#~ "GRUB count from zero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "In de tweede regel betekent \"hd1\" de tweede harde schijf, de \"10\" " +#~ "duidt op de 11de partitie. Schijven en partities in Mageia's legacy GRUB " +#~ "tellen vanaf nul." + +#~ msgid "Therefore:" +#~ msgstr "Daarom:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" +#~ msgstr "Als de GRUB2 versie 2.xx is, verander dan de laatste regel in:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" +#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u eerder \"grub2-install\" moest gebruiken, verander dan in de " +#~ "laatste regel <literal>\"grub\"</literal> in <literal>\"grub2\"</literal>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" +#~ "literal> from the last line." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als /boot een aparte partitie is, verwijder dan <literal>\"/boot\" van de " +#~ "laatste regel.</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " +#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sla het bestand op en herstart de computer. U zou uw \"Ubuntu\"-optie nu " +#~ "in het menu moeten zien en kunnen starten." + +#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" +#~ msgstr "Gebruik een bestaande GRUB2 opstartlader" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " +#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u het algemene gedeelte over het gebruiken van een bestaande " +#~ "opstartlader nog niet gelezen heeft, doe dat dan nu. Zie <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"usingExistingBootloader\"></xref>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " +#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " +#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " +#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " +#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een bekende bug in sommige versies van Debian/Ubuntu in OS-prober " +#~ "dat gebruikt wordt tijdens de installatie van GRUB2, waardoor grub.cfg " +#~ "foutievelijk aangemaakt wordt als Mageia (of Mandriva) systemen " +#~ "toegevoegd worden. Hier is een gemakkelijke oplossing voor, details " +#~ "kunnen in het Mageia forum gevonden worden: zoek naar \"prober\", het " +#~ "onderwerp is \"grub problem\", post #9 bevat de informatie." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " +#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." +#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voeg, om de oplossing permanent te maken, zodat zij het bijwerken van een " +#~ "Ubuntu kernel overleeft, de Mageia ingang toe aan <literal>/etc/grub." +#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " +#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " +#~ "preferred solution." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<emphasis>Stop de persen</emphasis>: De bug is gerepareerd in os-" +#~ "prober-1.53, uitgegeven op 8 mei 2012. Nu is opwaarderen naar de nieuwe " +#~ "versie in je GRUB2 installatie dus de aanbevolen oplossing." diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e0a8a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<info> + <title>Installeren met DrakX</title> + + <cover> + <para><note> + <para>U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken +worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die +u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de +CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> + + <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para> + + <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact +op met het <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie +Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para> + </cover> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + + + <xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + +<!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/acceptLicense.xml b/docs/installer/nl/acceptLicense.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..696c7911 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/acceptLicense.xml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="acceptLicense" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR: minor mods 2012-3-30 --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- JohnR: 2012-04-05 - Inserted text from barjac with some modifications: + http://mtf.no-ip.co.uk/doc/help/license.html --> +<!-- marja:2012-04-05 - having a look because this isn't a DocBook5.0 type anymore, + but text/xml. First changing centimetres in screenshot to pixels ( + ), after that nested the two existing sections into a third one--> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac:2012-04-10 - edited header to correct formatting after my saves - not + sure what is causing the corruption --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 language proofreading --> +<title xml:id="acceptLicense-ti1">Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject condition="expert"> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-license.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="acceptLicense-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="license"> + <info> + <title xml:id="license-ti1">Licentie-overeenkomst</title> + </info> + + <para>Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u +<application>Mageia</application> installeert.</para> + + <para>Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele +<application>Mageia</application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden +voordat u verder kunt gaan.</para> + + <para>Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op +<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden.</para> + + <para>Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor +uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt +zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten.</para> + + + <!-- if you want two sections in a file, both need to be nested in a third section - + marja, 20120405 --> +</section> + + <section xml:id="releaseNotes"> + <!-- + <para> +Release Notes</para> +--> +<info> + <title xml:id="releaseNotes-ti1">Uitgave-opmerkingen</title> + </info> + + + + <para>Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er +nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>.</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/nl/addUser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff712f52 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/addUser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="addUser" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="addUser-ti1">Gebruikersbeheer</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but + changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing + about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or + disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous + screen), marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand + "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-26 added new note --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setRootPassword.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setRootPassword-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="root-password"> + <info> + <title xml:id="root-password-ti2">Beheerderswachtwoord (root) instellen:</title> + </info> + + <para>Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een +superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het +<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux. Terwijl u een wachtwoord in +het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in +groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen +schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in +het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te +sluiten.</para> + + <note xml:id="givePassword"> + <para>Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het +beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers +en andere tekens.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="enterUser"> + <info> + <title xml:id="enterUser-ti3">Voer een gebruiker in</title> + </info> + + <para>Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de +superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, +kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een +normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te +veranderen.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de +gebruiker in.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de +gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde +volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de +gebruiker. Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van +het wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend="givePassword"></xref>)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord +in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de +homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen +schrijven).</para> + + <para>Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in +<emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> +toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd +is.</para> + + <para>Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan +worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en +de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer.</para> + + <para>Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle +extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - +Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies +<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>De toegangsrechten kunnen na het installeren ook nog veranderd worden.</para> + </note> + + </section> + + <section xml:id="addUserAdvanced"> + <info> + <title xml:id="addUserAdvanced-ti3">Geavanceerd gebruikersbeheer</title> + </info> + + <para>Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een +scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd +wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren.</para> + + <warning> + <para>Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount +opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn +belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten.</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een +gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt +op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone +gebruiker.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell +veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd +wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de +gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat +dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook +een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker. Laat dit vak leeg, +tenzij u weet wat u doet.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/nl/add_supplemental_media.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3be40b0c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="add_supplemental_media-ti1">Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-13 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" +fileref="dx2-add_supplemental_media.png" format="PNG" revision="1" +xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere +bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand. De keuze +van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen +beschikbaar zullen zijn.</para> + + <para>Voor een netwerkbron dienen twee stappen gevolgd te worden:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Kiezen en activeren van een netwerk, tenzij al actief. </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze). Door +een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die +beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL +kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml b/docs/installer/nl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1d5e74e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/ask_mntpoint_s.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="ask_mntpoint_s-ti1">Kies de koppelpunten</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 28 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back --> +<!-- removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" + with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) --> +<!-- Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans + write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it--> +<!-- And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) --> +<!-- 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="chooseMountPoints-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het +niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die +<application>DrakX</application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen.</para> + + <note> + <para>Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een +<literal>/</literal> (root) partitie heeft.</para> + </note> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: "Apparaat" ("Grootte", +"Koppelpunt", "Type").</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>"Apparaat" is samengesteld uit: "harde schijf", ["harde schijf +nummer"(letter)], "partitienummer" (bijvoorbeeld, "sda5").</para> + </listitem> + + + <listitem> + <para>Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen +van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en +<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, +bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films +wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de +<literal>/home</literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor +nodig hebt.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <warning> + <para>Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en +kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het +scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op +<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie +staat.</para> + </warning> + + <para>Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op +<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt +formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/chooseDesktop.xml b/docs/installer/nl/chooseDesktop.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..360ea132 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/chooseDesktop.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="chooseDesktop"> + + + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<info> + <title xml:id="chooseDesktop-ti1">Werkomgevingselectie</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om +uw keuze te verfijnen.</para> + + <para>Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie +zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die +geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken.</para> + + + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-chooseDesktop.png" align="center" +format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de +<application>Gnome</application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een +volledige set toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies +<guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of +allebei, of als u iets anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor +deze werkomgevingen. De <application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt +minder van de computer, is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere +standaard software selectie dan de twee eerder genoemde.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/choosePackageGroups.xml b/docs/installer/nl/choosePackageGroups.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c283106 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/choosePackageGroups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="choosePackageGroups"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackageGroups-ti1">Pakketgroepselectie</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackageGroups.png" +align="center" format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem +nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, +maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen +beweegt.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Werkstation.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Server.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Grafische omgeving.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig +pakketten toe te voegen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>Lees <xref linkend="minimal-install"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een +minimale installatie te doen.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/choosePackagesTree.xml b/docs/installer/nl/choosePackagesTree.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1bf4bc88 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/choosePackagesTree.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="choosePackagesTree"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="choosePackagesTree-ti1">Softwarebeheer</title> + </info> + + + +<mediaobject> +<!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-choosePackagesTree.png" align="center" +format="PNG" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan +uw wensen aan te passen.</para> + + <para>Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de +<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een +USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om +dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de +installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te +laden.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/configureServices.xml b/docs/installer/nl/configureServices.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e1786c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/configureServices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureServices" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureServices-ti1">Configureer uw diensten</title> + </info> + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureServices.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureServices-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa1">Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem +opstart.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa2">Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te +vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa3">De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa4">Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak +beneden.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureServices-pa5">Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet.</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml b/docs/installer/nl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14e9db77 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/configureTimezoneUTC.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-ti6">Configureer uw tijdzone</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa1">Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in +dezelfde tijdzone bevindt.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa2">In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te +stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureTimezoneUTC-pa3">Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze +allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT.</para> + </note> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/nl/configureX_card_list.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56e5a814 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" +xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" +xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" +format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw +grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren.</para> + + <para>Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft +en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via: + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Vendor (producent)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>dan de naam van uw kaart</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>en het type</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para>Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet +in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u +mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie.</para> + + <para>De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor +videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart +kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire +mogelijkheden biedt.</para> + + <para>Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang +tot de opdrachtregel-interface.</para> + + + <para>Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's +voor Linux die enkel in de Non-free of Tainted installatiebronnen +beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de +betreffende fabrikant. </para> + + <para>Om toegang tot de Non-free en Tainted installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten +ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia +voor het eerst start.</para> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/configureX_chooser.xml b/docs/installer/nl/configureX_chooser.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ea41c5b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/configureX_chooser.xml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="configureX_chooser" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="configureX_chooser-ti1">Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="configureX_chooser-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa1">Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze +installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een +grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, +of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, +<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische +omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van +<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt +zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt +dat de keuze verkeerd is.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa2"><emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw +kaart uit de lijst.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3"><emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van +toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders +uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of +<guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als +u liever zelf de horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw +beeldscherm kiest.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa3a">Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa4"><emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste +resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa5"><emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt +niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen +controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling +correct is, kunt u met "ja" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard +worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt +u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw +instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig +is</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_chooser-pa6"><emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u +verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/configureX_monitor.xml b/docs/installer/nl/configureX_monitor.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d32bdeb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/configureX_monitor.xml @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="configureX_monitor" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Initiated by Marga 2012-8-09 --> +<!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-30 --> +<!-- tproof --> +<!-- lproof --> +<title xml:id="configureX_monitor-ti1">Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1">DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe +gewoonlijk correct identificeren.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa1w"><emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw +beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u +doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-configureX_monitor.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa2"><emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa3">Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en +vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de +beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele +beeld wordt ververst.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa4">Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt +met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw +monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees +terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa5"><emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa6">Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die +uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren.</para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa7"><emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa8">Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, +kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen: <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Vendor (producent)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>naam van de fabrikant</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>naam en type nummer van het beeldscherm</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para revision="1" + xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa9"><emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="configureX_monitor-pa10">In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, +zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte +schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om +van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw +videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend +te zijn met uw keuze.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/diskdrake.xml b/docs/installer/nl/diskdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..352a6f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/diskdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="diskdrake"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR added note for bug 133 re encrypted partitions --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- Marja, 2012-04-18 changed "If you wish to use encryption on + any of your partitions" into "If you wish to use encryption on + your <literal> +/</literal> partition" because pterjan said this is only for root + Also added some text. --> +<!--marja 20120418 moved section end tag down to where it belongs--> +<!--marja 20120418 added para 6a--> +<title xml:id="diskdrake-ti1">Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-diskdrake.png" +align="center"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + +<warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="diskdrake-pa1">Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u +er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De +<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u +uw systeem niet opstarten.</para> + </warning> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake-pa3">Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt +partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een +partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa4">Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals +een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd "sda", "sdb" en "sdc" als er +drie zijn. + </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa5">Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het +geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6">Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar +vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte +aan of verwijder haar.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa6a">Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake-pa7">Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>.</para> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/doPartitionDisks.xml b/docs/installer/nl/doPartitionDisks.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da1a8240 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/doPartitionDisks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="doPartitionDisks"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR 2012-04-10 - tidy up module formatting --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-20 Yes I agree with Lebarhon - reference to home partition removed --> +<!-- Simonnzg - doing anything to a Windows partition is DANGEROUS. I would prefer + if this was not an option, but... --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 put the para xml id's back. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-29 changed text as discussed on the ml and with papoteur's approval + lebarhon: 2012-08-18 warning added--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 changed warning to text suggested by Dave Hodgings in bug 9594 --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-05 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by obgr_seneca --> +<!-- lebarhon 2013-04-11 adjusted last line of warning as suggested by Dave Hodgins/Marja--> +<title xml:id="doPartitionDisks-ti1">Partitionering</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa1">In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de +ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om +<application>Mageia</application> te installeren.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa2">Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af +van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven).</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa3"><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa4">Huidige partities gebruiken</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa5">Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities +gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa6">Vrije ruimte gebruiken</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa7">Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe +Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa8">Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa9">DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te +gebruiken.</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa10" revision="2">Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia +installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u +van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!</para> + + <para xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa11" revision="3">Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat +niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet "schoon" zijn, wat inhoudt dat +Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt werd +en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat alle +bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt staat +gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van uw +persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa12">Volledige harde schijf wissen en gebruiken.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa13">Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa14">Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf +gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa15">Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor +iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt +verliezen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa16">Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="doPartitionDisks-pa17">Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op +uw harde schijf of schijven.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <warning> + <para>Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, +in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare +hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt +wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een +erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, +bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld +gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken: </para> + + <para>"Uitlijnen met" "MiB" </para> + + <para>"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)" "2" </para> + + <para>Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes.</para> + </warning> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/exitInstall.xml b/docs/installer/nl/exitInstall.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1de19675 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/exitInstall.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="exitInstall" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="exitInstall-ti1">Gefeliciteerd</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text --> +<!-- same day, added "s" to "sytems"--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-exitInstall.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="exitInstall-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa1">U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van +<application>Mageia</application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het +installatiemedium verwijderen en uw computer herstarten.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="exitInstall-pa2">Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de +besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft).</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa3">Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt +Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart. </para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa4">Veel plezier!</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="exitInstall-pa5">Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia </para> + + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/formatPartitions.xml b/docs/installer/nl/formatPartitions.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b174bb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/formatPartitions.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="formatPartitions"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="formatPartitions-ti1">Formatteren</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 29 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-formatPartitions.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="formatPartitions-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa1">Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op +partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard +blijven.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa2">Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, +geformatteerd worden.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa3">Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u +wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis></para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa4">Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op +<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste +Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste +schijfpartitionering</guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie +aanklikken en dan in de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="formatPartitions-pa5">Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van +uw keus.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/installUpdates.xml b/docs/installer/nl/installUpdates.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24078e70 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/installUpdates.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="installUpdates"><info><title xml:id="installUpdates-ti1">Updates</title></info> + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename--> +<!-- marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-installUpdates.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="installUpdates-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa1">Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, +kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa2">Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies +<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met +internet verbonden bent.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="installUpdates-pa3">Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan.</para> + +</section> +
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml b/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b90fe11f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="installer"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 30, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!--removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, marja, 20120409 --> +<!--barjac 2012-04-11 - corrected link to Welcome screen and unmangled header - + seems to be corrupted by xxe addon when saving --> +<!-- JohnR - apparent corruption is caused by the positioning of this comment block + - corrected Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes --> +<!-- barjac 18/04/2012 Commented out para relating to peripherals, as it's apparently wrong --> +<title xml:id="installer-ti1">DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma</title> + </info> + + <para>DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk +mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een +ervaren gebruiker bent.</para> + + + + <!-- <para> +If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to + connect them and make sure they are powered up during installation. These + will be automatically detected and configured.</para> --> +<para>Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets +verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u +nodig heeft.</para> + + <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> +<info> + <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm</title> + </info> <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Als er tijdens het installeren problemen zijn, kan het nodig zijn speciale +installatie-opties te gebruiken, zie <xref +linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + + <section xml:id="installationSteps"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationSteps-ti1">De Installatiestappen</title> + </info> + + <para>Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van +de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn.</para> + + <para>Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label +"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>" kunnen hebben met extra of minder +gebruikelijke opties.</para> + + <para>De meeste schermen hebben "<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>" knoppen die meer +uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap.</para> + + <note> + <para>Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het +mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit +doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates +is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als +voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met +een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt +opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan +op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installationOptions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Installatie-opties</title> + </info> + + <para>Als de installatie misgaat, kan het nodig zijn opnieuw te beginnen en één of +meer van de opties te gebruiken die u ziet als u op de F1 (Help) toets +klikt, zie <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> + + <para>Het volgende tekstscherm wordt dan zichtbaar.</para> + + <figure xml:id="dx-help"> +<info> + <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Eerste installatiehulpscherm</title> + </info> <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <section xml:id="installationProblems"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen</title> + </info> + + <section xml:id="noX"> + <info> + <title xml:id="noX-ti2">Geen grafische interface</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm. Dit kan gebeuren +bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere +resolutie te gebruiken door "vgalo" te typen bij de "boot:"-prompt.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="2">Als de hardware erg oud is, kan grafisch installeren zelfs onmogelijk +zijn. In dat geval is het de moeite waard een installatie in tekstmodus te +doen. Hiertoe dient u op "Esc" te drukken in het eerste +welkomsscherm. Daarna krijgt u een vraag die u moet bevestigen. Vervolgens +krijgt u een zwart scherm met enkel "boot:". Type daar: "text" (zonder +aanhalingstekens) en druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met +installeren in textmodus.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="installFreezes"> + <info> + <title xml:id="installFreezes-ti1">Installatieblokkades</title> + </info> + + <para>Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn +met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van +hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type +"<literal>noauto</literal>" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag +zonodig met beide vorige gecombineerd worden.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Kernelopties</title> + </info> + + <para>Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare +hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door +de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste +hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. "<literal>mem=256M</literal>" betekent 256MB aan +RAM.</para> + </section> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/nl/media_selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3278cfb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/media_selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="media_selection" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + <info> + <title xml:id="media_selection-ti1">Mediaselectie (Nonfree)</title> + </info> + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- papoteur 2013-04-11 - created --> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media)--> +<!-- marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell --> +<!--marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong)--> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-media_selection.png" +format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen. Niet alle bronnen zijn +beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te +installeren. De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar +zijn ter keuze in de volgende stappen.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze +bevat de basis van de distributie.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling +zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten +gesloten-bron-software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze +bron bevat bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische +kaarten, fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven +onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze +bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in +sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse +audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd +e.d. af te spelen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/minimal-install.xml b/docs/installer/nl/minimal-install.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f904bed1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/minimal-install.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="minimal-install"> + <!--2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page--> +<!--2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot and s/next/related/ --> +<info> + <title xml:id="minimal-install-ti1">Minimale installatie</title> + </info> + + + + + <para>U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het +Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref +linkend="choosePackageGroups"></xref>.</para> + <para>Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die +<application>Mageia</application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, +zoals als server of gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u +deze optie samen met de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref +linkend="choosePackagesTree"></xref>.</para> + <para>Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal +bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X.</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-minimal-install.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="minimal-install-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/nl/misc-params.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27b13147 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/misc-params.xml @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="misc-params" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-ti1">Overzicht van diverse instellingen</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! --> +<!--marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots --> +<!--JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-)--> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and + the drakxid-miscellaneous section --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph --> +<!--marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph --> +<!-- 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. --> +<!-- 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" --> +<!--2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files--> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-summary.png" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="summary-im1" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-pa1">DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk +van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de +instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op +<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken.</para> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-system"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-system-ti2">Systeeminstellingen</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa2a" revision="1">DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref +linkend="configureTimezoneUTC"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3" revision="1"><guilabel>Land</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa3a">Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat +u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend="selectCountry"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4a">DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4b">Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa4c">Zie voor meer infomatie <xref linkend="setupBootloader"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5"><guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel></para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa5a">Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen +<literal>/home</literal> mappen krijgen.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6"><guilabel>Diensten</guilabel></para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6a" revision="1">Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien +(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren.</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-system-pa6b" revision="1">Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat +uw computer goed werkt.</para> + + <para>Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend="configureServices"/></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-hardware"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-hardware-ti3">Apparatuurinstellingen</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1"><guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa1a" revision="1">Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het +toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen +werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2"><guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa2a">Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals +trackballs and touchpads.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3"><guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa3a">In dit gedeelte kunt u de afstelling van uw geluidskaart verfijnen. In de +meeste gevallen werken de al geselecteerde instellingen.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4a">Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-hardware-pa4b">Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend="configureX_chooser"></xref>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="summaryBottom-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-network"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-network-ti4">Netwerk en internetinstellingen</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa1"><guilabel>Netwerk</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet +ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire +stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het +<application>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC).</para> + + <warning> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te +stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4" revision="1"><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4a" revision="1">Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het +verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij +een proxy service gebruikt.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-network-pa4b">Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier +moet invullen.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="misc-params-security"> + <info> + <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Beveiliging</title> + </info> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1" revision="1"><guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1a">Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen +is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa1b">Controleer welke optie het beste bij uw gebruik past.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2" revision="1"><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:</para> + + <para xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2a" revision="1">Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de +boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2b">Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie +hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="misc-params-security-pa2c">Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn.</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/resizeFATChoose.xml b/docs/installer/nl/resizeFATChoose.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..506c97ae --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/resizeFATChoose.xml @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="resizeFATChoose"> + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 commented the empty paragraphs out--> +<title xml:id="resizeFATChoose-ti1">Grootte aanpassen van een +<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa1">U heeft meer dan één +<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie. +Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om <application>Mageia</application> +te installeren.</para> + + + +<!--<para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa2"> +.......</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="resizeFATChoose-pa3">........</para>--> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/nl/securityLevel.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb884963 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/securityLevel.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="securityLevel" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Beveiligingsniveau</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-securityLevel.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="securityLevel-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa1">Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="securityLevel-pa2">Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen +moet.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="securityLevel-pa3">Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in +het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het +Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC).</para> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/selectCountry.xml b/docs/installer/nl/selectCountry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..605cfedd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/selectCountry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="selectCountry" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectCountry-ti1">Selecteer uw land</title> + </info> + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-selectCountry.png" +align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="selectCountry-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectCountry-pa1">Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de +muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land +instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa2">Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige +landen</guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa3">Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan +het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van +de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze +volgen.</para> + </note> + + <section xml:id="inputMethod"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="inputMethod-ti7">Invoermethode</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa4">In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een +invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen +gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, +etc.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de +Africa/India en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode +voor Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig +te configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben +soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP +media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert.</para> + + <note> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectCountry-pa5">Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt +u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via +"Configureer uw Computer" -> "Systeem", of door in een konsole of terminal +localedrake als root te starten.</para> + </note> + </section> + </section> + diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/selectInstallClass.xml b/docs/installer/nl/selectInstallClass.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..750c2b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/selectInstallClass.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectInstallClass"> + + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 03 18 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- 20120405 updated JohnR --> +<!-- enhanced xml code for screenshot, removed para xml:id's, changed "you'll" to + "you will" and "don't" to "do not" and a passive to an active tense, marja, 20120409--> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-10 In the spirit of KISS reverted to my initial basic version --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja, corrected typo in screenshot name, removed --> +<title xml:id="selectInstallClass-ti1">Installeren of opwaarderen</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectInstallClass.png" align="center" +format="PNG"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Installeren</para> + + <para>Kies dit voor een verse <application>Mageia</application>-installatie.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Opwaarderen</para> + + <para>Als u één of meer <application>Mageia 2</application>-installaties heeft op +uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste +uitgave.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <note> + <para>Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het +mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit +doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates +is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als +voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met +een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt +opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen +<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan +op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten</para> + </note> + + <tip> + <para>Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het +"installeren of opwaarderen" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door +gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te +drukken. Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie.</para> + </tip> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/selectKeyboard.xml b/docs/installer/nl/selectKeyboard.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f40a59da --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/selectKeyboard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectKeyboard" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + + + + <info> + <!-- Started by marja on 2012 03 31 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<title xml:id="selectKeyboard-ti1">Toetsenbord</title> + </info> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa1">DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als +dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY).</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="dx2-selectKeyboard.png" /> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa2">Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet +wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die +meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label +aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier +kijken: <link +xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> +(Engelstalig)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa3">Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op +<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer +uw toetsenbord daar.</para> + + <para revision="1"><warning> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa5">Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, +keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof +een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een +gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling +is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos.</para> + </warning></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para revision="1" xml:id="selectKeyboard-pa4">Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, +krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen +de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/selectLanguage.xml b/docs/installer/nl/selectLanguage.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80d26a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/selectLanguage.xml @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="selectLanguage"> + + + + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 01, using barjac's text --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has had a look --> +<!-- removed para id's, corrected duplicate id's for segments, corrected wrong + code in figure, marja, 20120409 --> +<!-- barjac 2012-04-11 - removed image figure tag - and once again had to clean + up mess made of this header by xxe --> +<title xml:id="selectLanguage-ti1">Taalkeuze</title> + </info> + + <para>Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te +vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken +tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw +computer.</para> + + <para>Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor +andere gebruikers, klik dan op "<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>" om ze +nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra talen +toe te voegen.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectLanguage.png" align="center" +format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <warning> + <para>Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal +gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het +"Meerdere talen" scherm. .</para> + </warning> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Als u de "taal" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring +later tijdens de installatie.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed +werkt. Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij +onderdrukt worden in het "Meerdere talen" scherm, door voor de oude +compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde +talen.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere +geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder "Systeem -> +Regionaal -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren".</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/selectMouse.xml b/docs/installer/nl/selectMouse.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d620c8e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/selectMouse.xml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="selectMouse" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="selectMouse-ti1">Muiskeuze</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 11 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place--> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-selectMouse.png" align="center" +format="PNG" > </imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa1">Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere +kiezen.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa2">Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB +muis</guilabel> een goede keuze.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="selectMouse-pa3">Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev +afdwingen</guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een +muis met zes of meer knoppen.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/nl/setupBootloader.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23484e00 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/setupBootloader.xml @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="setupBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Algemene opties voor de opstartlader</title> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. + + 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist--> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloader.png" xml:id="setupBootloader-im1" format="PNG" +/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa1" revision="4">Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze +hier veranderen.</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa2" revision="4">Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval +moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, +of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa3">De Mageia grafische menu's zijn mooi :)</para> + </tip> + + <section xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader"> + <info> + <title xml:id="usingMageiaBootloader-ti2">De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa4">Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master +Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen +heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen.</para> + + <para revision="3">Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als +opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan.</para> + + <warning> + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa6">Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB +legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB +opstartlader gebruikt wordt.</para> + + <para revision="3">De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die +tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is.</para> + </warning> + </section> + + <section xml:id="usingExistingBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="usingExistingBootloader-ti4">Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa46">Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de +installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de +Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u +de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa47">Kies geen apparaat zoals "sda", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U +moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, +bijvoorbeeld "sda7".</para> + + <para xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48" revision="1">Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie.</para> + + <tip> + <para revision="1" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa48a">Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren +waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug +naar het installatiescherm.</para> + </tip> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa49">De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te +voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is +het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te +gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de +documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader"> + <info> + <title revision="2" xml:id="advancedOptionBootloader-ti5">Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader</title> + </info> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupBootloader-pa52">Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie +met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> +en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp +legen</guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml b/docs/installer/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..75183e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + + + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry"><info><title xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-ti1">Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe</title></info> + + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png" format="PNG" align="center" +xml:id="bootloaderConfiguration-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + + + <para>U kunt een ingang (in het scherm "waarde" genoemd) toevoegen of er een +selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het +<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de +gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent.</para> + + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" +fileref="dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png" format="PNG" align="center" +xml:id="setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam +van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de +standaard ingang wordt.</para> + <para>U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal +hernoemen.</para> + <para>De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze +maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer.</para> +<warning><para>Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer +kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u +doet.</para></warning> + + </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/setupSCSI.xml b/docs/installer/nl/setupSCSI.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e02f6eb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/setupSCSI.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xml:id="setupSCSI" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="setupSCSI-ti1">Harde schijf detectie</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + + + + <mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 02 --> +<!-- NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! --> +<!-- JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 --> +<!-- SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) --> +<!-- barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot --> +<!-- marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the + Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file --> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="dx2-setupSCSI.png" +format="PNG" align="center" xml:id="setupSCSI-im1"></imagedata> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="3.1" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa1">DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij +sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de +benodigde drivers te installeren.</para> + + <para revision="2" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa2">Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft.</para> + + <para revision="3" xml:id="setupSCSI-pa3">DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml b/docs/installer/nl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09da822c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/takeOverHdConfirm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-ti1">Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf</title> + </info> + + + + + + + + + +<mediaobject> +<!-- Made by marja on 2012 04 03 --> +<!-- test comment - johnr --> +<!-- 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct + hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I + saw this help screen when I had only one HD --> +<!-- 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot --> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png" format="PNG" +align="center" ></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa1">Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="takeOverHdConfirm-pa2">Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke +partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt +wissen.</para> +</section> |